{"title":"Ultraleather Cushions","description":"\u003cp\u003eUltraleather is a performance faux leather made by Ultrafabrics. It has the look of fine leather in a coated fabric that is easy to wipe. We make \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather cushions\u003c\/strong\u003e to your exact size, as a complete cushion, a zippered cover only, or foam only. There is no minimum order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse colors in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/ultraleather-brisa-frontier-collection\"\u003eBrisa Frontier\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/ultraleather-brisa-forecast-collection\"\u003eBrisa Forecast\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/ultraleather-coast-collection\"\u003eCoast\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/ultraleather-pumice-collection\"\u003ePumice\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/ultraleather-summit-collection\"\u003eSummit\u003c\/a\u003e collections. Neutrals like \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/products\/ultraleather-greige-cushion\"\u003eGreige\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/products\/ultraleather-black-onyx-cushion\"\u003eBlack Onyx\u003c\/a\u003e suit most rooms. Prefer the real thing? See our \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/leather-cushions\"\u003eleather cushions\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare the two in our guide to \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/blogs\/news\/leather-vs-ultraleather-usage-performance-and-longevity\"\u003eleather vs Ultraleather\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow ordering works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a color from the collections above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter your measurements and request a quote.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWe confirm the price and the date. Ultraleather is ordered for each project, so allow 8–12 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour cushion ships with free shipping once it is made.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eCushions are cut to within ±0.5″ of the size you order. For help measuring, send us a photo or paper template.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere Ultraleather works well\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUltraleather is a favorite for banquettes, benches, boats, RVs and restaurant seating, anywhere a smooth, wipe-clean surface is useful. Ordering for a cafe or booth? See \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/pages\/restaurant-banquette-booth-cushions\"\u003ebanquette and booth cushions for restaurants\u003c\/a\u003e. Outfitting a boat? See our \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/pages\/boat-marine-cushions-bulk-enquiry\"\u003emarine cushions page\u003c\/a\u003e. Specifying for a commercial project? Read our \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/pages\/fire-safety-flammability-standards\"\u003efire safety and flammability page\u003c\/a\u003e or send a \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/pages\/b2b-cushions-bulk-enquiry\"\u003ebulk enquiry\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eChoosing foam and thickness\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStandard thickness is 3″ to 5″, and we cut up to 8″. Thicker is available by quote at operation@fabricakraft.com. For everyday seats, choose \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density foam\u003c\/strong\u003e, which has a medium feel. Dining and banquette seats of 1″ to 3″ suit firm Luxury foam. Outdoors or on a boat, Dry Fast foam has open cells that drain and dry quickly. Super Soft foam is for back cushions only, never seats. All foam is CertiPUR-US certified and cut in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFoam only, cover only, or both\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder the complete cushion, a zippered cover only to refresh good foam, or \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/products\/custom-cut-luxury-inserts\"\u003efoam only\u003c\/a\u003e. Every cover has a zipper. Piping is optional, and ties in matching fabric are standard, with Velcro on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and other fabrics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause Ultraleather is by quote, it ships after the 8–12 week pre-order. Need cushions sooner? In-stock \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/warwick-upholstery\"\u003eWarwick\u003c\/a\u003e ships in 2–3 weeks, and \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/sunbrella-cushions\"\u003eSunbrella\u003c\/a\u003e comes in 160+ colors. \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/pages\/fabric-swatches\"\u003eOrder swatches\u003c\/a\u003e to compare colors first. Fabric carries a 5-year warranty from the fabric maker, and our workmanship is covered for 2 years. See our \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/pages\/warranty\"\u003ewarranty page\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Measure carefully, because custom products are not returnable.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"ultraleather-clairmont-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Clairmont Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eClean and tailored, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Clairmont Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Summit collection faux leather built for both indoor and outdoor upholstery. It repels moisture, resists sun and keeps its color, with built-in protection against mildew. It suits a classic dining room with upholstered side chairs, a hotel-style bench in an entry hall, or a covered patio with a dark metal frame. Try it with marble, polished nickel and soft white walls. For a dining chair cushion that looks sharp for years, this is a strong choice. We make each one to order in your size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46511536177387,"sku":"421-3261","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/421-3261_Clairmont.jpg?v=1750120101"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-barro-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Barro Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Barro Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e comes from the Summit collection, a performance faux leather that works indoors and out. Its earthy name fits a warm, grounded room. Picture it on a kitchen banquette next to a walnut table, or as a faux leather cushion for a covered porch bench with clay pots and stone pavers. It stands up to sun and moisture and wipes clean after spills, so family dining nooks are a natural fit. We cut each cushion to your exact measurements, with your choice of foam, optional piping and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46511577563371,"sku":"421-3270","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/421-3270_Barro.jpg?v=1750121748"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-cream-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Cream Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft and versatile, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Cream Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is an easy neutral that works with almost any palette. This Summit collection faux leather handles moisture and sun, and it wipes clean, which matters with a pale color. Use it on a dining banquette in a modern farmhouse kitchen, a bench at the foot of a bed, or a covered patio sofa with teak arms. It brightens dark wood and sits well with warm brass. As a faux leather cushion for busy family spaces, it is hard to beat. We make each one to your exact measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46511583330539,"sku":"421-3357","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/421-3357_Cream.jpg?v=1750122415"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-stone-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Stone Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eQuiet and grounded, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Stone Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is a gray Summit collection faux leather made for both indoor and outdoor upholstery. It repels moisture, resists UV light and holds its color, with built-in protection against mildew. Use it on a fire pit bench with slate pavers, a modern dining banquette, or a covered porch sofa with black metal arms. It pairs with white oak, charcoal and linen. For replacement cushions that blend into almost any space, it is a safe bet. Every cushion is cut to your exact size and shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46511583559915,"sku":"421-3578","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/421-3578_Stone.jpg?v=1750122492"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-whitewater-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Whitewater Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor seating that sees splashes, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Whitewater Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reliable neutral. This Pumice collection faux leather resists sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater, so it is well suited to boat cushions, a dock bench or a pool house. Its refined texture also fits indoor rooms, like a mudroom bench or a modern farmhouse banquette. Pair it with gray stone, black hardware and natural oak. Tell us the size and shape you need, and we will make it to order with a zippered cover and Dry Fast foam if it lives outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46511585165547,"sku":"497-0017","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-0017_Whitewater.jpg?v=1750122795"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-white-shore-cushion","title":"Ultraleather White Shore Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003ePale and peaceful, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather White Shore Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a beach-washed look to indoor and outdoor seating. This Pumice collection faux leather comes in a neutral tone with a sophisticated texture, and it resists sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater. Use it on a coastal sunroom daybed, a pool chaise, or a window seat cushion in a white bedroom. It pairs with driftwood, sand-colored rugs and blue glass. Each cushion is made to your exact measurements, with your choice of foam and optional piping for a crisp edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46511589392619,"sku":"497-0047","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-0047_White_Shore.jpg?v=1750123401"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-hightide-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Hightide Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThink of water at its highest point, and you have the mood of the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Hightide Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Pumice collection faux leather comes in a neutral shade with a refined texture, and its color resists sun, chlorine and seawater. Use it on a sailboat cockpit bench, a dock-side Adirondack set, or a coastal dining banquette. It pairs well with teak, white rope and navy stripes. If you need replacement cushions for marine seating, this is a solid option. We make each one to your exact shape and measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514737119467,"sku":"497-2778","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-2778_Hightide.jpg?v=1750122710"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-blue-ice-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Blue Ice Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCool and calm, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Blue Ice Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is part of the Pumice collection, known for neutral tones and a refined texture. The pale blue reads soft next to whitewashed wood, gray linen or brushed nickel. It makes a fresh window seat cushion in a sunroom, a tidy pad for a pontoon bench, or a calm seat on a white wicker loveseat. Its color resists sun, chlorine and seawater, and spills wipe right off. Send us your measurements and pick a foam, then add piping or a zipper style that suits the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514747769067,"sku":"497-2818","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-2818_Blue_Ice.jpg?v=1750184290"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-seahorse-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Seahorse Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003ePlayful and marine-minded, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Seahorse Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is ready for life near the water. This Pumice collection faux leather keeps its color through sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater, and its refined texture looks neat over time. Try it on a family boat bench, a pool house daybed, or a kids' bunk room window seat. It pairs with sandy neutrals, white shiplap and navy stripes. Spills and sunscreen wipe away with a damp cloth. Every cushion is made to your exact size and shape, with a zippered cover and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514754355435,"sku":"497-3260","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-3260_Seahorse.jpg?v=1750184574"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-oar-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Oar Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBuilt for days on the water, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Oar Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Pumice collection faux leather whose color stays vivid after sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater. Its neutral tone and refined texture work in many settings. Use it on a rowing club bench, a boat deck seat, or a lake cabin breakfast nook. It pairs naturally with varnished teak, canvas and navy stripes. If you are shopping for marine replacement cushions, it is a practical pick. We cut each one to your exact shape, add your choice of foam, and finish it with a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514760843499,"sku":"497-4018","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-4018_Oar.jpg?v=1750184762"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-dusk-green-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Dusk Green Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a deep, natural green, look at the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Dusk Green Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e from the Pumice collection. Its color stays rich even after sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater. Use it on a garden bench under a pergola, a library window seat, or replacement cushions for a cedar porch swing. It pairs well with warm wood, cream stone and brass lanterns for a classic, earthy feel. The refined texture adds depth without fuss. Every cushion is made to order at your exact size, with a zippered cover and your choice of foam and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514765070571,"sku":"497-4372","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-4372_Dusk_Green.jpg?v=1750184862"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-dusty-olive-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Dusty Olive Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eGarden and kitchen settings both suit the deep olive hue of the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Dusty Olive Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Pumice collection faux leather keeps its color through sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater. Use it on a potting bench seat, a pair of bistro chairs, or a cushion for a covered deck sofa with black aluminum frames. It pairs nicely with cream linen, rattan and aged brass. For a window seat cushion with a quiet, natural tone, this is a good pick. We cut it to your size and choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514766741739,"sku":"497-4373","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-4373_Dusty_Olive.jpg?v=1750184977"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-sunbeam-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Sunbeam Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSunny and cheerful, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Sunbeam Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e lights up a corner. Its Pumice collection finish keeps the color bright even with sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater. Put it on a yellow-trimmed porch swing, a playroom window seat, or boat cushions on a day cruiser. It pairs well with gray stone, white wicker and navy accents for a bright, classic look. Spills and sandy feet are easy to wipe off. We make every cushion to your exact measurements, in any shape, with a zippered cover and optional ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514771165419,"sku":"497-5203","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-5203_Sunbeam.jpg?v=1750185179"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-pewter-cast-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Pewter Cast Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCool metallic gray gives the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Pewter Cast Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e a modern, steady look. This Pumice collection faux leather holds its color through sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater, with a sophisticated texture. It suits an industrial loft banquette, a poolside lounger beside gray pavers, or black aluminum patio chairs. Pair it with concrete, steel and warm wood for balance. For outdoor chair cushions that look sharp in a contemporary yard, it is a strong match. Each cushion is made to your exact measurements, with optional piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514773360875,"sku":"497-5394","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-5394_Pewter_Cast.jpg?v=1750185299"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-propeller-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Propeller Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWith a name pulled from the stern of a boat, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Propeller Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is ready for wet, sunny places. This Pumice collection faux leather keeps its color bright through sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater. Use it for boat cushions on a center console, a dock bench, or a poolside cabana. It also works on a garage workshop stool where grease and dust wipe right off. Pair it with stainless steel, white fiberglass or teak. Give us your measurements and preferred foam, and we will build it with a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514776244459,"sku":"497-5969","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-5969_Propeller.jpg?v=1750185516"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-hail-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Hail Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eNamed for a quick summer storm, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Hail Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Pumice collection faux leather with a refined texture and strong color retention. It holds up to sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater, so it is a good fit for boat cushions, a pool bench or a busy back patio. Style it with gray stone, white trim and black metal for a clean modern look. Indoors, it works well on a mudroom bench where wet coats land. Each cushion is made to order in your size, with a zippered cover and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514780995819,"sku":"497-6533","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-6533_Hail.jpg?v=1750185779"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-anchor-gray-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Anchor Gray Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003ePerformance faux leather is the story of \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Anchor Gray\u003c\/strong\u003e, a soft, easy-care fabric from Ultrafabrics. This faux leather cushion is made from the Pumice range and handles sun, moisture, and daily wear. It has antimicrobial and anti-mildew treatments, and the color holds up to sun, sweat, chlorine, and seawater. The cool gray pairs with white oak, chrome, and navy accents. Use it on a kitchen banquette, dining chairs, or boat seating. We make each cushion to your measurements with your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514786009323,"sku":"497-6534","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-6534_Anchor_Gray.jpg?v=1750185947"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-coral-glow-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Coral Glow Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBright and cheerful, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Coral Glow Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a pop of warm color to any seat. Its Pumice collection finish keeps that coral vivid after sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater. Use it on a poolside chaise, a sailboat cockpit bench or a playroom window seat. It looks great against white wicker, crisp white paint or a navy outdoor rug. The refined texture gives it a finished look up close. If you want custom outdoor cushions that make a statement, start here. We cut it to your exact size, with optional piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514787320043,"sku":"497-6601","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-6601_Coral_Glow.jpg?v=1750186047"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-summer-melon-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Summer Melon Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eJuicy and warm, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Summer Melon Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a burst of seasonal color to seating. This Pumice collection faux leather keeps its vibrant tone through sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater. It is great on a pool chaise, a beach cottage breakfast bench, or a pair of outdoor chair cushions on white metal bistro chairs. Pair it with white, mint and natural rattan. The refined texture keeps it looking polished. Tell us the dimensions you need, and we will make it to order with your choice of foam, piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514788303083,"sku":"497-8279","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-8279_Summer_Melon.jpg?v=1750186128"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-aztec-clay-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Aztec Clay Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWipe-clean comfort meets warm color in \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Aztec Clay\u003c\/strong\u003e, a performance faux leather by Ultrafabrics. Made from the Pumice range, it stands up to sun, moisture, and everyday use, both indoors and out. Antimicrobial and anti-mildew treatments help it stay clean, and its rich clay tone resists sun, sweat, chlorine, and seawater. It pairs with walnut, cream walls, and black iron. Use it on a restaurant banquette, a breakfast nook bench, or a boat seat. Each cushion is cut to your size, with optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46514788761835,"sku":"497-8280","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/497-8280_Aztec_Clay.jpg?v=1750186259"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-snow-cap-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Snow Cap Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBright white with a soft pebble grain, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Snow Cap Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e takes its look from coastal calm. Its color stays crisp through sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater, and a microfoam layer keeps the surface cool. Use it for boat cushions on a white-hulled sailboat, a poolside lounger, or a modern dining bench with black legs. Pair it with navy trim, teak and pale stone. Because it wipes clean, white seating is a realistic choice here. We cut each one to your exact size, with your choice of foam and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46516366147819,"sku":"640-0021","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-0021_Snow_Cap.jpg?v=1750211903"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-beacon-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Beacon Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBright and easygoing, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Beacon Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e belongs to the Coast collection with its soft pebble grain. Its color holds up against sun, sweat, chlorine and seawater, which makes it a smart pick for boat cushions, a poolside lounger or a breakfast bench by the back door. Pair it with white-painted wood and rope accents for a breezy coastal look. A thin microfoam layer keeps the surface cool on warm days. Tell us the size and shape, pick a foam, and add piping or ties if you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517188067563,"sku":"640-0042","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-0042_Beacon.jpg?v=1750224301"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-glacial-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Glacial Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCrisp and cool, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Glacial Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e takes its cue from ice and clear water. Its Coast collection surface is UV resistant to keep color steady and has a microfoam layer for a cool feel. It is well suited to boat cushions on a lake cruiser, a modern patio with gray concrete, or a minimalist kitchen banquette. Pair it with white, slate and chrome for a clean, contemporary look. Spills wipe right up. We make every cushion to your exact size and shape, with your choice of foam and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517232566507,"sku":"640-2579","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-2579_Glacial.jpg?v=1750224608"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-raindrop-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Raindrop Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eRainy climates are no problem for the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Raindrop Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its Coast collection surface has extra UV protection, so color holds up to sunlight, sweat and saltwater, and the microfoam layer keeps it cool. Use it on a covered porch daybed, a coastal kitchen banquette, or a bench on a fishing boat. It pairs with gray cedar shingles, white trim and soft blue linens. A refined texture makes it look finished up close. If you need outdoor bench cushions that handle a damp climate, choose Dry Fast foam and we will cut it to your size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517243674859,"sku":"640-2590","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-2590_Raindrop.jpg?v=1750224711"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-naval-blue-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Naval Blue Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eClassic navy never goes out of style, and the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Naval Blue Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e proves it. Part of the Coast collection, it keeps its deep color through sunlight, sweat and saltwater, and a microfoam layer keeps it cool. It is a natural choice for boat cushions on a sailboat or cruiser, a nautical dining banquette, or a porch bench with white trim. Pair it with brass, crisp white and rope details. The textured surface hides daily wear. Send us your measurements and we will make it to fit, with piping and ties if you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517252227307,"sku":"640-2776","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-2776_Naval_Blue.jpg?v=1750224795"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-conch-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Conch Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Conch Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is a nod to the shells that wash up on warm beaches. This Coast collection faux leather has a cool microfoam layer and a textured surface that adds quiet interest. Use it as a boat cushion on a fishing skiff, a pad for a sunroom daybed, or seating for a seaside dining table. It pairs well with driftwood, sand-colored rugs and navy trim. Because it wipes clean, it is easy to keep looking fresh. Pick your foam and send your measurements, and we will sew it with a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517874819307,"sku":"640-3797","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-3797_Conch.jpg?v=1750236857"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-bungalow-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Bungalow Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eRelaxed and a little nostalgic, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Bungalow Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e suits homes with porches, screen doors and painted trim. It comes from the Coast collection, a textured faux leather that resists water, mildew and fading. Use it for outdoor chair cushions on a front porch rocker set, a built-in kitchen nook, or a sunny reading corner. It sits nicely with rattan, sage paint and vintage tile. A microfoam layer keeps the seat cool to the touch. We make every piece to order in your size and shape, with optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517879439595,"sku":"640-3837","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-3837_Bungalow.jpg?v=1750236959"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-terra-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Terra Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eEarth-toned and warm, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Terra Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e draws on the color of baked clay. This Coast collection faux leather resists water, microbes, mildew and UV exposure, and a microfoam layer keeps it cool. Use it on a Mediterranean-style patio with tile floors, a farmhouse dining bench, or a leather-look seat for a garden swing. It pairs with olive green, cream plaster and iron. For a faux leather cushion that adds warmth without shouting, it works well. We cut it to your exact size, with foam and piping options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517881766123,"sku":"640-3879","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-3879_Terra.jpg?v=1750264421"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-savanna-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Savanna Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWarm grasses and open land inspire the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Savanna Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Coast collection faux leather has a refined texture and a cool microfoam layer, and it resists water and mildew. It looks right on rattan patio chairs, a safari-style lounge, or a bench in a sunny breakfast room. Pair it with woven jute, olive plants and warm bronze. As dining chair cushions for a busy household, it is easy to wipe down after meals. We make each one to order at your exact measurements, with optional ties and piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517884453099,"sku":"640-3880","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-3880_Savanna.jpg?v=1752328680"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-dusty-earth-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Dusty Earth Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eEarthy and muted, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Dusty Earth Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a grounded tone to indoor and outdoor seating. This Coast collection faux leather resists water, microbes, mildew and fading. It works well as an outdoor bench cushion on a flagstone patio, a seat for a rustic dining bench, or a pad for a lodge-style mudroom. Pair it with terracotta pots, iron hardware and reclaimed wood. A microfoam layer keeps it cool in the sun. Tell us your dimensions and shape, and we will make it to fit, with optional piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580882768107,"sku":"640-3881","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-3881_Dusty_Earth.jpg?v=1752328778"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-cabana-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Cabana Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eNamed for the little huts that line a pool deck, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Cabana Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is made for sunny, busy spaces. This Coast collection faux leather blocks water, mildew and UV rays and keeps a cool feel under a microfoam layer. Put it on pool chaise lounges, a yacht settee or a patio sectional framed in teak. It also works on a kids' homework bench since crumbs and juice wipe off easily. Give us the exact size and any shape you need, and we will add piping, ties and a zippered cover on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580886044907,"sku":"640-3890","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-3890_Cabana.jpg?v=1752328850"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-stem-green-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Stem Green Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eGarden-fresh color makes the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Stem Green Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e a lively pick. This Coast collection faux leather resists water, mildew and UV rays, and its textured finish adds a refined touch. Use it on a greenhouse bench, a bistro set on a brick patio, or a kitchen banquette with white subway tile. It pairs well with natural wood, terracotta and soft cream. Its microfoam layer stays cool on sunny days. If you want a bench cushion that brings the outdoors in, this is it. We make each one to your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580886929643,"sku":"640-4338","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-4338_Stem_Green.jpg?v=1752328976"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-black-moor-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Black Moor Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep black and quietly textured, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Black Moor Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e brings weight and contrast to a room. This Coast collection faux leather resists water, mildew and UV rays, so it can live on a sailboat cockpit bench as easily as a modern dining banquette. Set it against white oak, brass hardware or crisp white walls for a sharp, graphic look. It also suits a mudroom bench where boots and backpacks land every day. Each cushion is made to order in your dimensions, with a zippered cover and optional ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580890403051,"sku":"640-5381","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-5381_Black_Moor.jpg?v=1752329040"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-feather-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Feather Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eLight and airy, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Feather Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e suits rooms where you want seating to feel soft and open. This Coast collection faux leather has a textured finish and a cool microfoam layer, and it resists water and mildew. Try it in a bright sunroom on white wicker, on a beach cottage dining bench, or as a bench cushion in a pale entryway. It looks lovely with bleached oak, seagrass and soft blue accents. Each piece is sewn to your measurements, with a zipper and optional ties to keep it from sliding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580891943147,"sku":"640-5968","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-5968_Feather.jpg?v=1752329111"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-walrus-grey-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Walrus Grey Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft, solid gray gives the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Walrus Grey Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e a calm presence. This Coast collection faux leather resists water, microbes, mildew and UV damage, and its textured surface adds a stylish touch. Use it on a mudroom bench, a deck sectional framed in black aluminum, or a fishing boat seat. It pairs easily with white, navy and natural wood. As a bench cushion for high-traffic spots, it wipes clean in seconds. Send your measurements and choose your foam, and we will add a zipper and optional ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580892958955,"sku":"640-6086","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-6086_Walrus_Grey.jpg?v=1752329189"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-dolphin-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Dolphin Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmooth gray tones, like the animal it is named for, give the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Dolphin Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e a calm, adaptable look. This Coast collection faux leather resists water, mildew and UV rays and has a cool microfoam layer. It is a natural match for boat cushions on a bowrider, a gray stone patio, or a modern breakfast nook with white cabinets. Add navy or coral pillows for contrast. The textured finish keeps it looking neat with daily use. Choose any shape, pick your foam, and add piping if you want a crisp edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580895121643,"sku":"640-6508","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-6508_Dolphin.jpg?v=1752329319"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-calypso-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Calypso Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eUpbeat as island music, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Calypso Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a lively touch to seating that gets real use. Part of the Coast collection, it resists water, mildew and UV exposure while keeping its color. It fits a beach house dining bench, a deck cushion on a center console boat, or a pair of outdoor chair cushions on white wicker. Style it with striped towels, woven baskets and light oak. The textured finish hides everyday wear. Each one is cut to your measurements, and you choose the foam that feels right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580898398443,"sku":"640-7230","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/640-7230_Calypso.jpg?v=1752329555"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-burnt-red-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Burnt Red Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWarm, spicy color is the draw of the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Burnt Red Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Brisa Forecast faux leather has a textured finish and holds its tone through sun and damp weather. It brings a bold accent to a charcoal sectional, a cafe banquette or a fire pit bench surrounded by gray stone. Burnt red also pairs well with dark walnut and cream walls for a classic, cozy room. If you need replacement cushions for a tired dining set, this is an easy upgrade. Choose your foam and dimensions, and we sew it to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580901150955,"sku":"393-1331","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/393-1331_Burnt_Red.jpg?v=1752329643"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-michigan-blue-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Michigan Blue Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBig-lake blue is the best way to describe the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Michigan Blue Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e. From the Brisa Forecast collection, it keeps its rich color through sun and wet weather, and its textured surface breathes and stays cool. Use it for boat cushions on a pontoon or runabout, a lake house dining bench, or outdoor chair cushions on white Adirondack chairs. It pairs well with white shiplap, natural cedar and red accents for a classic summer look. Each cushion is cut to your measurements, with a zipper and your choice of Dry Fast or another foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580903313643,"sku":"393-2542","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/393-2542_Michigan_Blue.jpg?v=1752330206"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-sea-green-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Sea Green Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFresh and coastal, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Sea Green Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e brings the color of shallow water to your seating. This Brisa Forecast faux leather breathes, repels water and resists mildew and UV rays. It is a fine fit for a poolside chaise, a beach house window seat or a sailboat settee. Pair it with white wicker, bleached wood and coral accents for a cheerful look. The textured surface stays cool on warm afternoons. For custom outdoor cushions with a soft splash of color, send your measurements and choose your foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580918386923,"sku":"393-4528","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/393-4528_Sea_Green.jpg?v=1752330280"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-glass-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Glass Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWith a clear, light tone, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Glass Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Brisa Forecast faux leather with a refined texture. It breathes, repels water and resists mildew and fading, so it handles both indoor rooms and covered outdoor spaces. Use it on a glass-topped dining set, a modern sunroom chaise, or a bench under a picture window. It pairs with chrome, white marble and pale gray walls. For dining chair cushions that look tidy and clean up fast, this is a practical choice. Send your measurements and we will make it to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580920844523,"sku":"393-4529","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/393-4529_Glass.jpg?v=1752330352"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-black-onyx-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Black Onyx Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eLooking for a bench cushion that can take a beating and still look polished? The \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Black Onyx Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e, from the Brisa Forecast collection, has a rich black tone and a textured surface that breathes and stays cool. It shrugs off water, mildew and UV exposure. Use it on black aluminum patio chairs for a sleek modern set, on a restaurant booth, or on a covered deck daybed. Black pairs well with gray stone and warm cedar. We build each one to your exact size, in any shape you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580928479467,"sku":"393-5749","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/393-5749_Black_Onyx.jpg?v=1752330422"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-polar-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Polar Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBright, wintry and clean, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Polar Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps a room feeling light. This Brisa Forecast faux leather resists water, mildew and UV rays while holding its color, and its textured surface adds subtle style. Use it on a Scandinavian-style dining bench, a white wicker sunroom set, or a covered deck sofa. It pairs well with pale birch, soft gray and touches of black. Because it wipes clean, a light color is easier to keep fresh. We make every bench cushion to order at your size, in any shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580930478315,"sku":"393-5750","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/393-5750_Polar.jpg?v=1752330488"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-jasper-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Jasper Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eRich and mineral, like the stone it is named for, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Jasper Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e adds warmth to seating that sees daily use. This Brisa Forecast faux leather resists water, mildew and UV rays and has a soft, textured surface. It suits a craftsman dining nook, a fireside bench on a stone patio, or a pair of leather-look club chair pads. Pair it with dark walnut, copper and cream plaster. For a faux leather cushion with depth and character, it is a fine choice. We build each one to your exact size and foam preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580937883883,"sku":"393-5852","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/393-5852_Jasper.jpg?v=1752330551"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-nimbus-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Nimbus Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft as a passing cloud, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Nimbus Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a quiet, light tone to seating. This Brisa Forecast faux leather resists water, mildew and UV rays, and its textured surface breathes for cool comfort. It fits well on a sunroom chaise, a bay window bench, or patio chairs with white powder-coated frames. Style it with pale gray, white oak and soft blue throws. As a window seat cushion for a reading nook, it feels calm and clean. Every piece is made to order at your size, with a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580941324523,"sku":"393-5875","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/393-5875_Nimbus.jpg?v=1752330812"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-chamois-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Chamois Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft in tone and easy to live with, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Chamois Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e recalls the supple hide its name comes from. It is Brisa Frontier faux leather, breathable and water repellent, so it stays cool and fresh. Use it on a window seat cushion in a cream bedroom, a banquette in a neutral kitchen, or a glider on a shaded porch. It blends with natural linen, pale oak and brushed gold. Spills clean up with a damp cloth. We make it to your exact size, in a rectangle, round, trapezoid or L-shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580943159531,"sku":"396-3024","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/396-3024_Chamois.jpg?v=1752330812"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-buckskin-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Buckskin Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSuede-like warmth defines the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Buckskin Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Brisa Frontier performance faux leather. The surface breathes, regulates temperature and repels water, so it stays comfortable on a hot afternoon. It feels at home in a rustic lodge, a modern farmhouse kitchen or a ranch-style porch. Try it on hickory dining chairs, a leather-look bench at the foot of a bed, or an outdoor glider. Each cushion is cut to your measurements, with your choice of foam and optional ties to keep it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580945715435,"sku":"396-3134","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/396-3134_Buckskin.jpg?v=1752330873"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-mohave-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Mohave Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesert tones come through in the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Mohave Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Brisa Frontier faux leather with a stylish texture. It resists water, mildew and UV rays and keeps its color over time. Use it on a Southwest-inspired patio with terracotta tile, a sunroom daybed, or a leather-look banquette in a modern adobe kitchen. It pairs nicely with clay pottery, woven blankets and pale stone. The breathable surface keeps it comfortable on hot days. We make every cushion to your exact dimensions, in any shape, with optional piping for a tailored edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580946796779,"sku":"396-3361","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/396-3361_Mohave.jpg?v=1752330943"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-greige-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Greige Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSomewhere between gray and beige, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Greige Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is the neutral that goes with everything. This Brisa Frontier faux leather is breathable, water repellent and resists mildew and UV damage. Use it on a family room window seat, a kitchen banquette with oak cabinets, or patio chairs with a dark bronze finish. It works in modern farmhouse, transitional and classic rooms alike. Add patterned pillows to bring in color. We cut each cushion to your exact measurements and shape, with your pick of foam, piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580949844203,"sku":"396-3733","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/396-3733_Greige.jpg?v=1752331038"},{"product_id":"ultraleather-lasso-cushion","title":"Ultraleather Lasso Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA little Western in spirit, the \u003cstrong\u003eUltraleather Lasso Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a relaxed, ranch-house feel to a room. This Brisa Frontier faux leather has a sleek textured surface, breathes well and repels water. Try it on a pine kitchen bench, a porch swing with iron chains, or saddle-style bar stools. It looks right with rough-sawn wood, woven wool throws and black hardware. As a bench cushion for a mudroom or back porch, it cleans up with a quick wipe. Tell us the shape and size, and we will sew it to order with optional ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polycarbonate Polyurethane Surface, 65% Recycled Polyester, 35% Rayon Backing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromptly wipe up spills to prevent staining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean regularly with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanitize using a bleach solution (1 part bleach to 5 parts water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor tough stains, use isopropyl alcohol immediately*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ultraleather","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46580955021547,"sku":"396-3972","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/396-3972_Lasso.jpg?v=1752331115"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/collections\/Untitled_design_1.jpg?v=1790960985","url":"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/en-au\/collections\/ultraleather-cushions.oembed?page=2","provider":"Fabrica Kraft ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}